1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
37 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
39 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
41 #include "coff/symconst.h"
42 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
43 #include "coff/mips.h"
47 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
48 There are three types of entry:
50 (1) absolute addresses
52 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
53 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
54 (3) global and forced-local symbols
55 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
57 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
58 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
59 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
60 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
61 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
62 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
64 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
65 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
66 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
67 arbitrary in this case.
69 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
70 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
71 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
74 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
75 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
76 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
77 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
78 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
79 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
82 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
84 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
85 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
89 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
91 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
92 that should be added to the symbol value. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
95 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
97 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
100 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
101 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
102 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
103 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
104 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
105 unsigned char tls_type
;
107 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
108 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
109 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
113 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
117 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
119 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
120 /* The number of global .got entries. */
121 unsigned int global_gotno
;
122 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
123 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
124 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
125 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
126 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
127 /* The number of local .got entries. */
128 unsigned int local_gotno
;
129 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
130 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
131 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
132 struct htab
*got_entries
;
133 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
134 unless multi-got was necessary. */
135 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
136 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
137 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
138 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
139 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
140 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
141 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
142 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
143 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
146 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
148 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
150 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
153 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
154 create and merge bfd's gots. */
156 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
158 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
160 /* The output bfd. */
162 /* The link information. */
163 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
164 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
165 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
167 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
168 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
170 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
171 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
173 unsigned int max_count
;
174 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
175 unsigned int primary_count
;
176 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
177 unsigned int current_count
;
178 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
179 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
180 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
182 unsigned int global_count
;
185 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
187 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
189 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
191 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
192 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
196 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
198 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
200 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
204 struct _mips_elf_section_data
206 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
209 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
214 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
215 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
217 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
218 the dynamic symbols. */
220 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
222 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
224 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
225 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
226 symbol with a GOT entry. */
227 long min_got_dynindx
;
228 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
229 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
230 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
231 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
232 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
233 symbol without a GOT entry. */
234 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
237 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
238 the global hash table. */
240 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
242 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
244 /* External symbol information. */
247 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
249 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
251 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
252 a readonly section. */
253 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
255 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
256 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
257 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
259 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
261 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
262 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
265 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
266 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
267 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
269 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
270 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
273 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
274 being called returns a floating point value. */
275 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
277 /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted
278 the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */
279 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
281 /* Are we referenced by some kind of relocation? */
282 bfd_boolean is_relocation_target
;
284 /* Are we referenced by branch relocations? */
285 bfd_boolean is_branch_target
;
289 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
291 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
292 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
293 unsigned char tls_type
;
294 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
295 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
296 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
297 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
298 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
299 overloaded already. */
300 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
303 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
305 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
307 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
309 /* We no longer use this. */
310 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
311 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
313 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
314 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
315 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
316 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
317 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
318 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
319 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
320 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
322 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
323 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
324 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
325 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
326 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
334 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes (VxWorks only). */
335 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
336 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes (VxWorks only). */
337 bfd_vma plt_entry_size
;
338 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
339 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
342 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
343 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
344 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
345 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
346 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
347 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
348 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
349 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
350 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
351 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
352 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
353 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
354 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
355 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
357 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
362 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
363 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
364 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
368 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
370 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
373 "_procedure_string_table",
374 "_procedure_table_size",
378 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
383 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
384 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
385 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
386 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
387 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
388 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
397 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
398 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
399 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
403 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
404 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
405 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
406 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
407 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
408 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
413 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
414 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
415 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
416 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
417 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
425 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
431 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
433 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
435 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
436 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
437 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
438 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
439 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
440 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
441 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
442 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
444 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
445 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
446 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
447 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
448 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
450 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
451 has different meaning for each type:
454 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
455 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
456 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
457 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
460 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
461 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
462 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
463 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
465 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
466 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
467 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
468 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
470 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
471 loader for use by the static exception system. */
473 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
474 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
475 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
476 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
477 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
478 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
479 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
480 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
481 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
482 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
484 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
486 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
487 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
489 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
490 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*,
491 asection
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long, struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
492 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
493 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
494 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
496 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
498 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
499 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
500 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
501 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
502 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
504 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
505 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
506 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
507 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
509 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
510 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
512 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
513 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
514 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
516 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
517 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
518 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
520 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
521 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
523 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
524 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
525 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
527 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
528 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
529 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
531 /* The name of the options section. */
532 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
533 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
535 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
536 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
537 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
538 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
540 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
541 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
542 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
543 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
545 /* The name of the stub section. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
548 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
549 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
550 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
552 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
553 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
554 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
556 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
557 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
558 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
560 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
561 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
562 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
564 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
565 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
566 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
568 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
569 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
572 /* Get word-sized data. */
573 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
574 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
576 /* Put out word-sized data. */
577 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
579 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
580 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
582 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
583 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
584 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
586 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
587 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
589 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
590 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
591 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
592 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
593 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
594 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
595 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
596 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
597 section, that is RELA. */
598 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
599 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
600 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
601 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
602 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
603 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
604 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
606 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
607 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
608 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
610 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
611 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
612 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
613 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
615 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
616 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO(INFO) \
617 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 3 : 2)
619 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
620 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
621 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
623 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
625 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
627 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
628 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
630 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
631 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
632 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
634 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
635 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
636 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
637 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
638 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
639 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
640 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
642 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
643 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
645 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
646 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
648 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
651 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
652 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
653 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
654 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
657 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
658 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
659 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
660 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
661 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
662 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
663 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
664 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
666 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
667 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
669 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
671 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
672 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
675 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
676 floating point arguments.
678 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
679 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
680 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
681 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
682 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
683 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
684 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
685 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
687 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
688 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
689 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
690 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
691 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
692 stub should be discarded.
694 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
695 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
696 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
697 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
698 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
699 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
700 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
703 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
704 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
705 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
707 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
709 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
710 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
711 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
713 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
714 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] = {
715 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
716 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
717 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
718 0x00000000, /* nop */
719 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
723 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
724 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] = {
725 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
726 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
727 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
728 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
729 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
730 0x00000000, /* nop */
731 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
735 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
736 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] = {
737 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
738 0x00000000, /* nop */
739 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
740 0x00000000, /* nop */
741 0x00000000, /* nop */
745 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
746 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] = {
747 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
748 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
751 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
753 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
754 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
755 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
758 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
760 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
761 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
763 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
766 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
768 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
769 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
771 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
772 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
774 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
775 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
778 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
780 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
781 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
783 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
787 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
789 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
790 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
792 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
795 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
797 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
798 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
799 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
801 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
802 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
804 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
807 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
809 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
811 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
812 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
813 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
817 /* Set local fields. */
818 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
819 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
820 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
822 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
823 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
824 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
826 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
827 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
828 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
829 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
830 ret
->is_branch_target
= FALSE
;
831 ret
->is_relocation_target
= FALSE
;
832 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
835 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
839 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
841 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
843 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
844 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
846 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
849 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
852 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
855 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
856 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
859 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
860 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
863 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
866 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
867 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
869 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
870 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
873 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
874 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
877 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
878 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
880 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
882 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
883 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
887 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
888 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
889 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
891 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
892 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
896 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
897 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
898 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
899 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
900 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
901 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
903 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
904 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
905 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
906 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
907 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
917 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
919 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
920 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
921 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
922 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
923 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
924 free (debug
->external_sym
);
925 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
926 free (debug
->external_opt
);
927 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
928 free (debug
->external_aux
);
929 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
931 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
933 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
934 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
935 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
936 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
937 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
938 free (debug
->external_ext
);
942 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
945 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
947 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
948 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
949 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
950 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
951 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
952 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
954 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
955 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
957 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
960 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
963 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
964 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
965 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
967 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
968 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
970 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
972 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
973 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
978 unsigned long sindex
;
982 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
990 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
992 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
996 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
998 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1002 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1005 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1006 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1010 size
= sizeof (char *);
1011 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1015 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1016 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1017 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1021 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1024 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1025 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1028 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1031 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1032 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1034 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1035 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1036 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1037 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1038 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1039 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1040 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1041 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1042 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1043 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1045 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1046 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1050 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1051 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1052 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1055 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1059 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1062 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1064 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1065 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1066 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1067 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1069 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1070 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1071 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1073 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1075 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1077 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1079 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1080 matters, but someday it might). */
1081 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1110 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1114 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1115 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1117 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1118 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1120 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1121 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1123 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1124 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1125 being included in the link. */
1126 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1127 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1128 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1129 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1132 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1133 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1135 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1136 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1137 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1138 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1139 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1140 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1141 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1144 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1145 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1147 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1148 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1149 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1150 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1151 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1152 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1153 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1159 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1160 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1163 The format of these instructions is:
1165 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1166 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1167 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1169 +-----------------------------------------------+
1171 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1172 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1174 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1175 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1176 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1177 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1178 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1179 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1180 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1181 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1182 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1183 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1186 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1187 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1188 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1189 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1190 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1191 value as two 16-bit values.
1193 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1197 +--------+----------------------+
1201 +--------+----------------------+
1204 +----------+------+-------------+
1208 +----------+--------------------+
1209 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1210 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1212 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1213 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1214 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1215 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1216 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1218 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
1219 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1221 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1222 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1223 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1224 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1225 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1227 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1230 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
1231 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
1232 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
1234 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
1235 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1236 little-endian system.
1238 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
1239 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
1240 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
1241 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
1245 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1246 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1248 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1250 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1251 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1254 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1255 extend
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
1256 insn
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
1257 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1260 val
= ((extend
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend
& 0x3e0) << 11)
1261 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 21) | insn
;
1263 val
= extend
<< 16 | insn
;
1266 val
= ((extend
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn
& 0xffe0) << 11)
1267 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 11) | (extend
& 0x7e0) | (insn
& 0x1f);
1268 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
1272 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1273 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1275 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1277 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1278 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1281 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
1282 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1286 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1287 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
1288 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
1292 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1298 insn
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
1299 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
1301 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, insn
, data
+ 2);
1302 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, extend
, data
);
1305 bfd_reloc_status_type
1306 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1307 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1308 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1312 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1314 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1317 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1319 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1320 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1322 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1323 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1325 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1326 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1328 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1330 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1331 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1332 an external symbol. */
1334 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1335 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1337 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1339 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1341 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1342 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1346 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1349 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1351 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1354 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1355 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1356 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1361 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1363 asection
*input_section
;
1367 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1369 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1371 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1372 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1373 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1375 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1376 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1377 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1378 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1380 bfd_reloc_status_type
1381 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1382 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1383 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1384 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1386 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1388 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1389 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1391 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1393 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1395 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1397 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1398 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1401 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1402 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1404 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1407 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1408 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1409 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1411 bfd_reloc_status_type
1412 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1413 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1414 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1416 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1417 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1418 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1419 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1420 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1421 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1424 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1425 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1428 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1429 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1430 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1432 bfd_reloc_status_type
1433 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1434 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1435 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1438 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1440 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1441 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1443 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1445 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
1446 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1449 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1451 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1452 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1454 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1456 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1457 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1458 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1459 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1460 has a rightshift of 0. */
1461 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1462 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1464 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1465 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1466 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1468 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1469 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1471 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1474 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1478 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1479 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1483 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1484 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1485 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1487 bfd_reloc_status_type
1488 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1489 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1490 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1491 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1494 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1495 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1497 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1499 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1500 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1502 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1504 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1506 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1507 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1508 offset or address. */
1509 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1510 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1515 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1516 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1517 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1518 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1520 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1521 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1522 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1526 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1527 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1528 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1529 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1530 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1531 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1534 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1536 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1537 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1539 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1540 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1542 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1544 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1547 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1552 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1554 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1557 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1558 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1561 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1564 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1565 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1569 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1570 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1572 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1573 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1577 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1578 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1580 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1581 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1582 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1583 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1584 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1585 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1589 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1590 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1594 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1595 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1596 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1597 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1598 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1599 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1600 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1603 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1604 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1605 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1608 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1611 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1612 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1613 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1614 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1615 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1616 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1620 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1621 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1623 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1624 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1625 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1626 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1627 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1628 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1631 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1632 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1633 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1634 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1635 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1638 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1639 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1641 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1642 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1643 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1644 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1645 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1646 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1647 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1651 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1652 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1654 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1655 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1656 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1657 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1658 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1659 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1660 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1663 /* Swap in an options header. */
1666 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1667 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1669 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1670 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1671 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1672 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1675 /* Swap out an options header. */
1678 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1679 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1681 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1682 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1683 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1684 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1687 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1688 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1691 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1693 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1694 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1696 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1697 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1699 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1702 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1705 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1706 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1709 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1710 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1712 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1713 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1714 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1715 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1717 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1718 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1725 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1726 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1727 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1728 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1729 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1730 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1731 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1732 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1733 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1734 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1735 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1736 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1737 when generating a final executable. */
1740 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1742 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1744 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1746 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1747 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1749 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1751 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
1752 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
1753 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1754 && !h
->root
.def_regular
1755 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
1757 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1758 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1759 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1760 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1761 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1769 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1772 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1773 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1774 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1775 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1776 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1777 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1779 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1780 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1784 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1786 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1787 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1788 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1790 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1791 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1792 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1794 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1796 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1797 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1798 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1799 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1801 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1803 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1804 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1805 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1808 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1810 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1811 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1812 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1817 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1818 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1820 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1821 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1822 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1823 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1826 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1828 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1829 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1830 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1831 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1832 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1833 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1834 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1835 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1836 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1837 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1838 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1839 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1840 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1841 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1842 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1843 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1844 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1846 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1850 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1851 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1854 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1855 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1856 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1857 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1859 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1860 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1861 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1862 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1864 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1865 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1866 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1867 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1868 + sec
->output_offset
1869 + output_section
->vma
);
1871 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1873 else if (h
->root
.needs_plt
)
1875 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1876 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1878 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1880 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1881 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1886 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1887 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1888 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1890 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1893 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1894 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1895 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1896 + sec
->output_offset
1897 + output_section
->vma
);
1899 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1904 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1905 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1908 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1915 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1918 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1920 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1921 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1923 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1926 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1928 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1931 static INLINE hashval_t
1932 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1935 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1941 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1942 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1946 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1948 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1950 return entry
->symndx
1951 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
1952 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1954 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1955 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1959 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1961 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1962 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1964 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
1965 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1968 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1969 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1970 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1971 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1974 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1975 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1976 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1980 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1982 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1984 return entry
->symndx
1986 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1987 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1988 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1989 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
1991 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
1992 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1996 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1998 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1999 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2001 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2002 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2005 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2006 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2009 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2010 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2011 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
2012 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2013 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2016 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2017 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2018 if creation fails. */
2021 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2027 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
2028 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2029 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
2030 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
2032 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
2037 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2040 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
2041 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
2047 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
2050 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
2052 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
2054 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
2059 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
2060 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
2063 static struct mips_got_info
*
2064 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
2067 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2069 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2070 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
2071 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
2072 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
2073 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2076 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
2081 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2082 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2086 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
2087 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2091 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2092 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2094 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
2095 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
2098 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2100 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2101 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2107 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2114 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2117 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
2123 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2124 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2127 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2129 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2130 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2132 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2133 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2138 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2139 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2142 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2144 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2145 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2146 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2148 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2150 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2156 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2157 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2160 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2162 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2163 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2164 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2166 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
2171 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2174 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2180 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
2182 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
2184 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
2185 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
2187 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
2189 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
2190 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2192 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
2195 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2196 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2198 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
2199 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
2202 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2205 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
2206 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
2207 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2208 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2212 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
2213 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
2215 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2217 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2218 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2223 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2225 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
2226 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
2227 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
2230 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
2233 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2235 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2236 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2239 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2240 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2241 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2242 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
2243 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
2245 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2246 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2248 /* General Dynamic. */
2249 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2251 offset
= got_offset
;
2252 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2256 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2257 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2258 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2259 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2262 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2263 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2264 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
2265 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
2267 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2268 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2272 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2273 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2274 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2275 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2278 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2281 /* Initial Exec model. */
2282 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2284 offset
= got_offset
;
2289 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
2290 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2292 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2293 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2295 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2296 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2297 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
2298 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2301 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
2302 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2305 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2307 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2308 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2309 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2310 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
2311 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2314 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2315 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
2317 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2318 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2319 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2320 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
2323 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
2326 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2327 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2328 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2329 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2332 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
2333 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2334 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
2336 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2337 || r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2339 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
2341 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
)
2343 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
2344 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2345 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2350 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
)
2352 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
2356 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2358 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
2365 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
2366 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
2367 will be negative. */
2370 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2371 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2373 bfd_vma plt_index
, got_address
, got_value
;
2374 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2376 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2377 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1);
2379 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
2380 plt_index
= (h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
) / htab
->plt_entry_size
;
2382 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
2383 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
2384 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
2387 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2388 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
2389 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2390 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2392 return got_address
- got_value
;
2395 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE, which was derived from
2396 a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. If there is not yet a GOT
2397 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
2398 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
2399 offset can be found. */
2402 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2403 asection
*input_section
, bfd_vma value
,
2404 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2405 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
2408 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2409 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2411 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2413 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2414 input_section
, value
,
2415 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
2419 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2421 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
2422 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
2423 hash table entry to track the index. */
2424 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, h
->tls_got_offset
, &h
->tls_type
,
2425 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2427 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
,
2428 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2431 return entry
->gotidx
;
2434 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
2437 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2438 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2442 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
2443 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
2445 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
2446 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
2448 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
2450 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
2452 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2453 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2457 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
2460 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
2462 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
2464 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2466 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2467 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2468 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2469 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2470 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2471 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2472 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2474 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2475 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
2482 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
2483 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
2485 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2487 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2488 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2489 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2491 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2492 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2493 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2494 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2495 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2496 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2498 index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
2499 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
2503 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
2504 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
2505 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
2507 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
2508 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
2509 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2511 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
2516 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE, which was
2517 calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. These entries
2518 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e., within
2519 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no entry
2520 could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
2521 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
2524 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2525 asection
*input_section
, bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
2528 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2529 bfd_vma page
, index
;
2530 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2532 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2534 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
2535 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2536 input_section
, page
, 0,
2537 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
2542 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
2545 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
2550 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation against VALUE,
2551 which was calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION.
2552 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol
2553 that has been forced local. */
2556 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2557 asection
*input_section
, bfd_vma value
,
2558 bfd_boolean external
)
2561 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2562 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2564 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
2565 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
2566 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
2567 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
2569 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
2571 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2573 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2574 input_section
, value
, 0,
2575 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
2577 return entry
->gotidx
;
2582 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
2586 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2587 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
2591 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2593 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
2594 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
2595 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
2597 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
2600 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
2601 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
2602 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
2605 static struct mips_got_entry
*
2606 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2607 bfd
*ibfd
, struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
2608 asection
*sgot
, asection
*input_section
,
2609 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
2610 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2613 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2614 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2615 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2617 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2621 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
2624 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
2627 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
2628 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2631 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
2632 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
2633 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
2634 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
2635 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->root
.forced_local
);
2636 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2638 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
2641 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2643 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
2649 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
2655 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
2656 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
2662 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2667 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2670 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2675 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2677 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
2679 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
2680 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2681 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2682 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2683 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2687 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
2688 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2690 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. Because
2691 the offset between segments is not fixed, the relocation must be
2692 against a symbol in the same segment as the original symbol.
2693 The easiest way to do this is to take INPUT_SECTION's output
2694 section and emit a relocation against its section symbol. */
2695 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
2697 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
2698 asection
*s
, *output_section
;
2700 bfd_vma got_address
;
2703 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2704 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2705 dynindx
= elf_section_data (output_section
)->dynindx
;
2706 got_address
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
2707 + sgot
->output_offset
2710 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
2711 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
2712 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
2713 outrel
.r_addend
= value
- output_section
->vma
;
2714 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
2720 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2721 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2722 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2723 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2724 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2725 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2728 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2730 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2731 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2734 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2736 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2739 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2740 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2741 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2742 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2743 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2744 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2745 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2746 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2747 too large offsets. */
2748 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2749 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2750 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2751 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2752 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2755 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2756 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2757 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2758 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2759 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2761 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2762 table index in the GOT. */
2763 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2768 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2769 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2773 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2775 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2777 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2778 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2780 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2782 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2785 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2786 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2787 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2789 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2791 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2793 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2794 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2795 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2797 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2798 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2801 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2803 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2804 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2810 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2811 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2815 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2816 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2817 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2818 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2820 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2822 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2824 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2826 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2830 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2833 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2837 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
2838 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2842 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2845 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2848 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2849 need to do it again. */
2852 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2856 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2862 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2864 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2866 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2869 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2870 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2871 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2878 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2879 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2882 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2883 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2884 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2886 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2889 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2890 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2891 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2892 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2893 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2897 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
2900 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2902 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
2905 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2913 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2914 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
2916 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
2918 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
2920 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
2926 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2930 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2935 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2940 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2943 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2945 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2946 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2948 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2951 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2954 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2956 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2957 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2958 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2959 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2961 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2964 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
2965 be the master GOT data. */
2967 static struct mips_got_info
*
2968 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2970 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2976 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2977 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2980 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2981 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2985 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2987 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2988 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2989 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2990 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2991 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2994 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2996 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2997 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2998 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
3004 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3005 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3015 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
3016 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3017 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3024 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3025 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3027 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
3029 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3030 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3031 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3032 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3033 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3043 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
3044 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3045 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
3050 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3052 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3054 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3057 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
3065 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
3066 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
3067 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
3068 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
3069 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
3070 and then make make the new got current. */
3073 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
3075 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
3076 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
3077 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
3078 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
3079 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
3080 unsigned int tcount
= bfd2got
->g
->tls_gotno
;
3081 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
3082 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls
= FALSE
;
3084 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
3085 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
3086 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
3087 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
3090 unsigned int primary_total
= lcount
+ tcount
+ arg
->global_count
;
3091 if (primary_total
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (bfd2got
->bfd
)
3092 >= MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (arg
->info
))
3093 too_many_for_tls
= TRUE
;
3096 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
3097 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
3098 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
3099 && ! too_many_for_tls
)
3101 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
3102 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
3104 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
3105 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
3106 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
3107 else if (arg
->primary
&& ! too_many_for_tls
3108 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
) <= maxcnt
)
3110 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3111 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
3112 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
3113 int old_tcount
= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3115 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
3117 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3118 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3120 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3123 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3124 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
3125 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
3128 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
3129 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
3130 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
);
3132 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
3133 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
+ arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3135 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
3136 else if (arg
->current
3137 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
)
3139 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3140 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
3141 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
3142 int old_tcount
= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3144 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
3146 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3147 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3149 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3152 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3154 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
3155 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
3156 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
);
3158 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
3159 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
+ arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3161 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
3162 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
3163 overflows anyway. */
3166 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
3167 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
3169 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
+ 2 * tcount
;
3175 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
3176 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
3179 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3181 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3182 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
3185 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
3186 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
3189 next_index
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
3191 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
3193 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3194 hash table entry to track its index. */
3195 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
3197 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
3198 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= next_index
;
3202 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3204 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
3205 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
3206 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
3207 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
3209 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
3212 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= next_index
;
3214 entry
->gotidx
= next_index
;
3217 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
3218 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3219 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
3220 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3221 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
3226 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
3227 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
3228 got) to the given VALUE.
3230 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
3231 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
3232 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
3233 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
3234 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
3235 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
3236 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
3237 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
3240 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3242 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3243 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
3244 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
3245 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
3247 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
3248 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
3249 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3250 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3252 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
3253 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3254 && entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
)
3258 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
3260 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3261 if (arg
->info
->shared
3262 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3263 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
3264 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
3265 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
3268 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
3274 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
3275 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
3277 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3279 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3281 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
3282 && entry
->symndx
== -1
3283 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3284 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
3289 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
3290 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
3291 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
3292 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
3293 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
3294 the traversal must be restarted. */
3296 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3298 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3299 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
3301 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3303 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
3305 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3306 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3307 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3309 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
3314 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
3315 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
3316 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
3318 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
3319 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3322 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
3323 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
3325 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
3328 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
3329 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
3335 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
3338 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3344 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
3346 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
3347 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
3350 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
3353 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
3356 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
3358 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3361 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3365 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
3369 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
3370 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3373 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
3374 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
3377 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3378 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
3379 bfd_size_type pages
)
3381 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
3382 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
3383 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
3384 unsigned int assign
;
3386 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
3387 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3388 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3391 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
3392 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
3393 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
3395 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
3396 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
3397 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3398 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3401 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
3402 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
3403 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
3404 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
3405 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
3406 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
3407 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
3408 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
) - pages
);
3409 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
3410 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
3412 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
3414 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
3415 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
3416 to be the primary GOT. */
3417 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3418 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3421 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
3422 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
3424 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3425 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3426 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
3429 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3430 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
3431 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
3432 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
3433 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3434 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3435 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3436 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3437 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
3439 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3441 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
3444 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
3445 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
3447 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
3451 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
3452 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
3453 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
3454 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
3457 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
3460 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3461 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3468 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
3470 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
3474 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
3475 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
3476 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
3479 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
3480 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
3481 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
3482 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
3483 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
3484 follows IRIX's practice.
3486 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
3487 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
3488 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
3489 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
3493 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
3494 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
3495 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
3499 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
3500 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
3501 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
3502 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
3503 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
3504 their entries can be omitted. */
3505 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3506 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
3509 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
3510 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
3511 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
3512 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3513 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3514 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
3515 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3516 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3517 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
3520 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
3521 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
3522 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
3523 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
3524 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
3525 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
3526 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
3527 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
3528 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
3529 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
3530 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
3531 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
3532 points back to the master GOT. */
3533 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
3534 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
3541 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
3543 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3544 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
3545 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
3546 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
3548 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
3549 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
3550 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
3555 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
3556 all non-TLS entries. */
3557 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
3558 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
3560 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
3563 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
3566 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
3570 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
3571 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
3572 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3578 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
3579 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
3581 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
3582 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
3583 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3584 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
3586 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3588 while (relocation
< relend
)
3590 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
3591 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
3597 /* We didn't find it. */
3598 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3602 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
3605 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3606 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3607 asection
**local_sections
,
3608 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
3610 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3611 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3612 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3615 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3616 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3617 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3619 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
3621 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
3626 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
3627 was forced local. */
3628 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3629 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
3630 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3631 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3632 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3633 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3634 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3641 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
3644 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3646 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
3647 /* VALUE is negative. */
3648 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
3653 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
3654 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
3658 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3660 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
3662 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
3663 /* The value is too big. */
3665 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
3666 /* The value is too small. */
3673 /* Calculate the %high function. */
3676 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
3678 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
3681 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
3684 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3687 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
3694 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
3697 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3700 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
3707 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
3710 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
3711 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3714 register asection
*s
;
3716 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
3718 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3721 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
3723 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
3724 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
3727 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
3733 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
3736 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3737 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
3740 register asection
*s
;
3741 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3742 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
3743 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3745 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3747 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3749 /* This function may be called more than once. */
3750 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
3753 if (! maybe_exclude
)
3754 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3758 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3759 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3762 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3764 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
3765 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
3766 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3768 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3771 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
3772 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
3773 are not creating a global offset table. */
3775 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3776 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
3777 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
3780 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
3783 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
3784 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
3787 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3790 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
3791 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3794 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3795 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3797 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3798 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3801 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3802 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3803 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3804 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3806 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
3807 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
3808 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
3810 /* VxWorks also needs a .got.plt section. */
3811 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3813 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
3814 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3815 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3816 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3824 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
3825 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
3826 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
3829 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3831 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
3833 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
3834 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
3837 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
3838 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
3839 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
3841 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
3842 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
3843 relocation must be JALX.
3845 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
3846 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
3847 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
3848 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
3850 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3851 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3852 asection
*input_section
,
3853 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3854 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3855 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3856 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
3857 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
3858 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
3859 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
3861 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3863 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3866 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3867 shared object file being produced. */
3868 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
3869 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3872 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3873 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
3874 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3875 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3876 during execution. */
3877 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
3878 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3880 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3881 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3882 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3884 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3885 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3886 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3887 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
3888 "__gnu_local_gp". */
3889 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
3890 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3892 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3894 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3895 relocation value. */
3896 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3897 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3898 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3899 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3902 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3903 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3905 /* Parse the relocation. */
3906 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3907 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3908 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3909 + input_section
->output_offset
3910 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3912 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3913 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3915 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3916 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3917 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3918 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3919 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3920 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3921 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3922 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3925 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3926 must come before globals. */
3930 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3933 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3935 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3936 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3938 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3939 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3940 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3941 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3942 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3943 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3945 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3947 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3950 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3951 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3954 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3955 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3956 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3959 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3961 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3965 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3967 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3968 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3969 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3970 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3971 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3972 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3973 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3975 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3976 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3978 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3979 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3980 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3981 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3983 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3984 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3985 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
3986 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
3987 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3991 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
3992 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3993 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
3994 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
3997 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3998 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3999 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
4001 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4002 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4003 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
4005 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4006 if (sec
->output_section
)
4007 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
4008 + sec
->output_section
->vma
4009 + sec
->output_offset
);
4011 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
4013 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4014 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
4015 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
4016 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
4019 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
4020 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
4022 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
4023 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
4025 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
4026 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
4027 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
4028 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
4029 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
4031 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
4032 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
4035 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
4037 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
4038 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
4039 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
4040 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
4041 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
4042 which is available from here:
4043 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
4048 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
4049 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
4050 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
4051 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
4052 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
4053 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4057 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
4060 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
4061 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
4063 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4064 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
4065 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
4066 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
4067 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
4069 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
4070 have already noticed that we were going to need the
4073 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
4076 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
4080 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4081 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
4082 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
4084 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
4085 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
4086 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4088 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
4089 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4091 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
4092 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
4094 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
4099 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4101 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
4102 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
4104 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4111 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
4114 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4116 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
4117 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4120 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
4121 special jalx instruction. */
4122 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
4123 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4124 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
4126 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4127 local_sections
, TRUE
);
4129 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
4130 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
4133 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4134 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4135 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
4137 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
4138 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
4144 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4145 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4146 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4147 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4148 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4150 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4151 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4152 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
4153 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
4155 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4156 sec
, 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
4158 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4162 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
4163 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
4164 if (htab
->is_vxworks
4165 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
4166 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
4167 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
))
4169 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
4170 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
4171 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
4175 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
4176 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
4177 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
4179 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
4180 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, input_bfd
,
4181 &h
->root
, r_type
, info
);
4182 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
4183 && (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4185 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.forced_local
)
4186 && h
->root
.def_regular
)))
4188 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
4189 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
4190 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
4191 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
4192 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
4196 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
4197 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
|| (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)))
4198 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
4202 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4203 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
4205 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4208 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
4209 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
4214 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4215 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4216 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4219 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4220 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
4221 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
4223 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
),
4234 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
4235 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
4236 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
4238 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
4242 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4243 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4245 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4246 + input_section
->output_offset
4247 + relocation
->r_offset
);
4248 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
4249 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
4250 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
4252 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
4255 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
4259 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4262 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4263 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4270 || (!htab
->is_vxworks
4271 && htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
4273 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
4274 && !h
->root
.def_regular
))
4276 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4278 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
4279 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
4280 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
4281 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
4284 In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
4285 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
4286 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
4288 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
4296 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4300 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4301 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4305 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4309 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
4310 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4314 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
4315 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
4316 the output file that's different. That's handled in
4317 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
4318 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
4321 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
4324 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
4325 if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4326 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> 28);
4328 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4331 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
4332 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
4336 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
4337 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4340 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
4341 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
4345 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
4346 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4353 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
4354 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4358 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4359 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4360 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4364 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4365 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
4366 both reloc addends by 4. */
4367 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
4368 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 4);
4370 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
4371 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4378 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4381 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4382 for this conditional. */
4383 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
4384 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
;
4386 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
4387 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4388 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
4389 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
4390 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
4393 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4394 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4397 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4398 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
4399 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4400 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4401 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4402 not check for overflow here. */
4406 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4407 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
4408 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
4409 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
4414 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4415 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
4416 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
4417 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
4418 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
4419 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4420 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4421 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4422 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
4423 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
4424 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4425 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
4426 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4427 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4428 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4429 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4433 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4438 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
4439 R_MIPS_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
4440 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
4444 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4445 local_sections
, FALSE
);
4446 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4447 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
4448 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4449 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4451 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4452 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4459 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4460 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4461 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4464 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4467 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4468 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
4470 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4474 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
4475 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
4476 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
4477 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
4478 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4481 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4482 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4483 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
4484 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
4485 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
4487 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
4488 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4491 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4492 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4493 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
4496 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4497 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
4498 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
4502 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4503 symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
4504 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4505 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4506 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4507 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4510 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4512 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4513 symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
4516 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4520 value
= symbol
- addend
;
4521 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4525 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
4526 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4529 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
4530 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
4531 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4534 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
4535 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
4536 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4540 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
4541 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
4542 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
4543 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
4544 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4545 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4549 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4550 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4551 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
4552 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4555 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
4556 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4559 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
4561 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
4564 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
4567 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4568 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4569 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
4572 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4574 /* Obtain the bytes. */
4575 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
4580 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
4581 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
4582 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
4583 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
4584 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
4585 unconditionally converted to JALX.
4587 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
4590 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4591 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4592 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4593 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4594 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
4595 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
4599 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4601 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
4602 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4604 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
4606 /* Obtain the current value. */
4607 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
4609 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
4610 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
4612 /* Set the field. */
4613 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
4615 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
4619 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
4620 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
4622 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
4623 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
4625 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
4630 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
4634 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
4637 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4638 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
4641 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
4642 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4646 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
4647 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
4650 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
4651 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
4652 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
4653 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
4654 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd
) == bfd_mach_mips9000
4655 && !info
->relocatable
4657 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
&& (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
4658 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
&& x
== 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
4664 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4665 + input_section
->output_offset
4666 + relocation
->r_offset
4668 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
4669 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
4673 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
4674 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
4677 /* Put the value into the output. */
4678 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
4680 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
4686 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
4689 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
4691 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
4693 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
4694 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
4695 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
4698 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4701 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4705 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4707 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4708 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4709 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4711 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4712 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4717 /* Make room for a null element. */
4718 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4721 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4725 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
4726 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
4727 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
4728 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
4731 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
4732 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4733 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4734 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4735 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
4736 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
4738 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
4743 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
4744 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4746 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4747 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
4748 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4749 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4750 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
4751 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
4752 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
4755 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
4756 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
4757 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
4758 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
4759 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
4760 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
4762 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
4763 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
4766 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
4768 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
4769 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
4770 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
4775 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
4776 in the relocation. */
4778 && (!h
->root
.def_regular
4779 || (info
->shared
&& !info
->symbolic
&& !h
->root
.forced_local
)))
4781 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
4782 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4783 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
4785 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
4786 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
4787 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
4788 undefined symbols. */
4793 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
4795 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
4797 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4802 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
4807 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
4808 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
4809 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
4810 local symbols because we used to generate them
4811 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
4812 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
4813 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
4814 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
4815 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
4816 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
4818 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
4819 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
4820 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
4821 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
4822 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4827 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
4828 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
4829 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
4830 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
4831 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4834 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4835 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
4836 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
4838 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
4839 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
4840 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
4843 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
4844 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
4845 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
4846 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
4847 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
4848 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
4849 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
4850 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
4851 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
4852 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
4853 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
4854 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
4855 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
4856 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
4859 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
4861 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
4862 correct location in the output file. */
4863 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4864 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4865 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4866 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4867 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4868 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4870 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4871 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4872 relocation format is non-standard. */
4873 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4875 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
4876 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4878 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
4880 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4882 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
4883 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
4884 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
4885 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4887 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
4890 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4891 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4892 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
4894 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4895 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
4897 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4898 will be writing to it. */
4899 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4902 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4903 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4905 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4910 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4912 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4913 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4914 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4915 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4916 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4917 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4919 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4920 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4921 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4923 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4924 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4925 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
4926 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4927 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4928 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4929 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4933 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
4934 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
4936 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
4937 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
4942 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4945 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4947 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4949 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4950 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4952 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4953 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4955 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4956 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4958 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4959 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4961 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4962 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4964 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4965 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4967 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4968 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4970 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4971 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4973 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
4974 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
4976 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4977 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4980 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4984 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4987 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4990 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4993 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4996 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4998 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4999 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
5001 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
5002 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
5004 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
5005 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
5007 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
5008 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
5015 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
5017 static INLINE
char *
5018 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
5022 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
5023 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
5026 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
5028 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
5032 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
5034 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
5036 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
5038 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
5041 return "unknown abi";
5045 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
5046 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
5047 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
5048 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
5049 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
5050 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
5051 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5052 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5054 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
5055 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
5056 definition in a shared library. */
5057 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
5058 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5059 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5061 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
5062 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5065 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
5067 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
5069 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
5070 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
5072 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5073 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
5074 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
5075 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
5076 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
5077 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
5078 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5080 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
5081 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
5082 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
5083 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5084 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5085 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5086 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
5087 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5088 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5089 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5091 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5095 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5096 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
5097 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5098 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5101 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5102 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5104 /* Initialize the small common section. */
5105 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
5106 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5107 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5108 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5109 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5110 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
5111 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5112 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5113 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5115 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5116 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5119 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5120 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5125 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
5127 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5128 if (section
!= NULL
)
5130 asym
->section
= section
;
5131 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5132 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
5133 base address to make it an offset. */
5134 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5141 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
5143 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5144 if (section
!= NULL
)
5146 asym
->section
= section
;
5147 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5148 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
5149 base address to make it an offset. */
5150 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5157 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
5158 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
5160 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
5161 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
5162 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
5163 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
5164 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
5166 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
5167 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
5168 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
5169 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
5171 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
5172 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
5173 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
5174 We therefore take the following approach:
5176 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
5177 determine the pointer size.
5179 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
5180 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
5184 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
5185 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
5186 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
5187 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
5188 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
5190 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
5191 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
5195 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
5197 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
5199 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
5201 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
5203 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
5204 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
5205 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
5212 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
5213 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
5214 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
5223 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
5224 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
5225 same address. For example, if we have code like:
5227 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
5228 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
5231 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
5232 will jump there rather than to .text.
5234 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
5235 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
5238 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
5240 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
5243 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
5244 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
5245 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
5249 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
5251 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
5252 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
5256 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5257 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
5260 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
5263 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5264 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5268 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
5269 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5270 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
5271 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
5273 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5275 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
5276 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
5277 so that we don't have to read them again.
5278 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
5279 through the section contents to see if there is an
5280 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
5282 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
5284 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5285 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5287 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5289 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5291 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5293 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5294 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5295 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5298 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5305 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5306 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
5309 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5310 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
5313 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5320 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5321 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
5324 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5325 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5332 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
5334 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
5336 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5337 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
5338 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
5340 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5341 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5343 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
5345 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5346 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
5348 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
5350 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5351 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5353 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
5356 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5358 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
5360 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
5362 unsigned int adjust
;
5364 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
5366 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
5374 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
5375 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
5376 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
5378 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
5382 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
5383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
5389 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
5390 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
5391 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
5392 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
5393 probably get away with this. */
5394 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
5396 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
5397 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
5401 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
5404 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
5405 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
5408 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
5409 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
5412 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
5413 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
5416 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
5417 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
5419 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
5421 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
5422 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
5423 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
5425 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
5427 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
5428 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
5431 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
5432 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
5435 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
5436 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5439 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
5440 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
5443 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
5444 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
5447 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
5448 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
5449 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5450 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
5457 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
5462 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5463 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
5469 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
5471 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
5472 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
5473 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
5474 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
5475 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
5477 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
5480 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5481 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
5483 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
5484 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
5487 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
5488 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
5489 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
5490 they should agree. */
5491 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
5493 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5495 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
5496 if (contents
== NULL
)
5498 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
5505 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5506 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5508 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5510 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5512 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5514 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5515 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5516 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5519 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5521 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
5523 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
5525 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
5526 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5528 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5530 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5532 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
5534 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
5536 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
5537 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5539 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5549 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
5550 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
5551 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5554 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
5556 register const char *name
;
5557 unsigned int sh_type
;
5559 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5560 sh_type
= hdr
->sh_type
;
5562 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
5564 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
5565 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
5566 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5568 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
5569 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
5570 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
5572 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
5573 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
5574 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5576 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
5577 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
5578 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
5580 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
5581 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
5582 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5583 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5584 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5586 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5588 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
5590 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
5591 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
5592 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5593 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5595 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5596 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5598 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5601 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5603 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5604 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
5605 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
5606 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
5608 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5609 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5611 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
5612 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
5615 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
5616 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
5617 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5618 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
5619 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
5620 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
5621 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5622 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
5624 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
5625 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5627 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
5629 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
5630 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5631 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5633 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5635 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
5636 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5637 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5639 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
5640 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
5641 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
5643 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
5644 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
5645 final_write_processing. */
5647 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
5648 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5649 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
5651 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
5652 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5653 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5655 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
5657 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
5658 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
5659 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
5662 /* In the unlikely event a special section is empty it has to lose its
5663 special meaning. This may happen e.g. when using `strip' with the
5664 "--only-keep-debug" option. */
5665 if (sec
->size
> 0 && !(sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5666 hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
5668 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
5669 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
5670 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
5671 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
5672 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
5677 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
5678 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
5679 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
5680 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
5681 the .scommon section. */
5684 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5685 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
5687 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
5689 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5692 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
5694 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
5700 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
5701 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
5704 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5705 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
5706 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5707 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
5709 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5710 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
5711 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
5713 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
5718 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
5719 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
5720 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
5721 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
5722 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
5723 is not done for them. */
5725 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5726 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
5732 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
5735 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5736 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
5737 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5738 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5741 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5742 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
5743 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5744 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
5748 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5749 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5751 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
5752 asection
*elf_text_section
;
5753 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5755 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5756 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5759 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5760 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5761 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
5764 /* Initialize the section. */
5766 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
5767 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5769 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5770 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
5772 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
5773 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5774 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5775 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5776 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
5777 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5778 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
5780 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5781 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5782 so I took it out. */
5783 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
5786 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5787 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
5789 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5790 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5792 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
5793 asection
*elf_data_section
;
5794 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5796 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5797 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5800 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5801 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5802 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
5805 /* Initialize the section. */
5807 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
5808 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5810 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5811 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
5813 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
5814 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5815 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5816 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5817 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
5818 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5819 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
5821 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5822 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5823 so I took it out. */
5824 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
5827 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5828 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5832 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5834 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
5835 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
5837 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5838 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5840 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
5842 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5843 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
5844 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5847 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5850 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5852 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5855 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
5858 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
5859 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
5860 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
5861 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5867 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
5868 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
5869 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
5872 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
5873 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5874 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
5875 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5877 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
5878 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
5879 common in the output file. */
5880 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
5881 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
5882 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5884 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5885 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
5890 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
5892 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
5895 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5897 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5898 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5900 register asection
*s
;
5901 const char * const *namep
;
5902 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5904 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5905 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5906 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
5908 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
5910 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
5912 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5915 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
5920 /* We need to create .got section. */
5921 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
5924 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
5927 /* Create .stub section. */
5928 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5929 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
5931 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
5932 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
5935 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5936 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5940 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
5942 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
5944 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
5945 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
5947 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5948 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5952 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
5953 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
5954 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
5955 the linker takes such action. */
5956 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5958 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
5961 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5962 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
5963 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5966 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5969 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5971 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5975 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
5976 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5978 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
5982 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
5983 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
5985 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5986 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
5988 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5989 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
5991 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5992 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
5994 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5995 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5997 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6004 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
6006 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6007 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
6008 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6011 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6014 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
6016 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6019 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
6021 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
6022 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
6023 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
6024 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
6025 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
6026 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6028 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
6030 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6031 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
6032 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6035 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6038 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6040 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6045 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6047 /* Create the .plt, .rela.plt, .dynbss and .rela.bss sections.
6048 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
6049 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
6052 /* Cache the sections created above. */
6053 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynbss");
6054 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
6055 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
6056 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
6058 || (!htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
6063 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
6064 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
6067 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
6070 htab
->plt_header_size
6071 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
6072 htab
->plt_entry_size
6073 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
6077 htab
->plt_header_size
6078 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
6079 htab
->plt_entry_size
6080 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
6087 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
6088 allocate space in the global offset table. */
6091 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6092 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
6096 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6097 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6098 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
6100 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6101 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
6104 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6105 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6107 if (info
->relocatable
)
6110 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6111 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6112 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6113 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
6114 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6116 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
6118 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
6119 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6121 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6123 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6126 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6128 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6129 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6133 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
6134 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
6135 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
6136 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6138 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
6139 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
6141 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
6142 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
6143 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
6144 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
6145 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
6146 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
6147 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
6148 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
6149 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6153 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
6155 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
6158 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
6159 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
6160 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
6161 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
6164 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
6173 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
6174 not need it. Since this function is called before
6175 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
6176 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
6178 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6182 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
6184 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
6186 unsigned long symcount
;
6190 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
6191 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
6193 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6194 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
6195 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6198 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
6201 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
6203 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
6204 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
6205 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
6206 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
6210 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6212 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6213 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6215 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6216 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6217 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6219 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6222 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6225 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
6226 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6228 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6229 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6232 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6235 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6237 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6238 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6240 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
6241 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
6242 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
6243 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
6244 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
6245 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
6246 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6250 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6251 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6253 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6255 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6256 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
6258 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
6260 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
6261 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
6262 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
6263 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
6264 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
6265 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
6266 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
6267 it is slightly faster to check now. */
6268 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
6270 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6275 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6285 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6290 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6291 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6292 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6297 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6298 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6299 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
6301 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6302 unsigned int r_type
;
6303 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6305 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6306 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6308 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
6310 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
6312 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6313 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
6315 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6320 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
6322 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
6325 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6326 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6330 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6331 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
6337 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6338 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6339 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6340 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6341 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6342 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6343 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6344 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6346 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6348 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6349 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
6351 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6352 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
6354 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6355 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
6356 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6357 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6365 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6366 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6367 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
6369 && (info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6370 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6371 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6381 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_relocation_target
= TRUE
;
6383 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
6384 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
6385 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
6386 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
6390 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6394 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6397 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
6398 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
6399 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
6400 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
&& htab
->is_vxworks
))
6402 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
6403 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
6404 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
6405 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
6406 R_MIPS_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
6407 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
6408 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
6409 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
6410 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6411 rel
->r_addend
, g
, 0))
6420 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6421 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
6422 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6423 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6428 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6429 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6432 /* VxWorks call relocations point the function's .got.plt
6433 entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol.
6434 Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */
6435 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
6436 && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6439 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
6440 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
6441 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
6447 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6448 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
6449 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
6454 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6455 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6457 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6458 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6459 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6460 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6462 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
6463 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
6464 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
6470 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6471 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6472 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6473 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6477 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6479 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
6482 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6483 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
6491 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
6492 for TLS GD relocations. */
6494 unsigned char flag
= (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
6496 : r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
6501 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6502 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6503 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
6505 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, flag
))
6510 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= 0);
6512 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6513 rel
->r_addend
, g
, flag
))
6522 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6523 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6524 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
6525 if ((info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6526 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6530 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6536 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6537 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
6538 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
6539 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6540 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6541 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6542 relocations against the text segment. */
6543 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6547 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6549 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
6550 defined in a dynamic object. */
6551 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6552 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
6553 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6554 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
6555 are relocations against the text segment. */
6556 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
6559 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
6560 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
6561 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
6562 dynamic relocations against it. This does not apply
6563 to VxWorks, which does not have the usual coupling
6564 between global GOT entries and .dynsym entries. */
6565 if (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
6568 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6569 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
6571 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6572 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6577 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6578 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6579 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6584 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6589 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6592 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6593 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6594 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6595 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6596 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6597 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6600 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6601 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6602 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6603 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6607 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6608 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6609 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6610 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6618 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
6619 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
6620 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
6621 a normal .got entry. */
6622 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
6626 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6629 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6630 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6635 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
6636 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
6637 References from a stub section do not count. */
6639 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
6640 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
6641 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
6642 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
6643 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
6644 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
6645 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
6647 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6649 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6650 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6658 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
6659 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6662 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6663 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
6664 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6665 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6667 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
6668 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
6669 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6671 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
6674 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
6677 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6678 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6679 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6682 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
6683 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6684 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6685 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6687 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6690 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
6691 unsigned int r_type
;
6692 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6694 unsigned long instruction
;
6696 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
6697 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
6698 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
6699 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6700 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
6703 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6704 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
6705 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
6707 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
6708 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6709 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6711 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6712 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6713 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6715 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
6717 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6718 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6719 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
6720 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
6721 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
6724 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6725 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
6726 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
6727 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6728 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
6730 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
6734 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6736 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
6737 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
6739 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6740 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6741 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6742 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
6744 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6748 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
6749 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6751 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6752 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6753 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
6754 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
6757 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
6758 symval
= isym
->st_value
6759 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6760 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
6763 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
6765 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
6766 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6768 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
6769 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
6774 /* Check that it's in range. */
6775 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
6778 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
6779 if (contents
== NULL
)
6781 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6782 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6783 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6786 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
6791 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6793 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
6794 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
6795 instruction
= 0x04110000;
6796 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
6797 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
6798 instruction
= 0x10000000;
6802 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
6803 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6804 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
6807 if (contents
!= NULL
6808 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6810 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6814 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6815 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6821 if (contents
!= NULL
6822 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6827 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6828 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6829 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6830 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6834 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6835 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6838 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6840 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6842 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6843 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6845 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6846 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6848 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6851 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6853 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
6854 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
6856 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6857 if (! info
->relocatable
6858 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
6859 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
6860 || !h
->def_regular
))
6862 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
6863 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
6864 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
6865 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
6866 against the text segment. */
6867 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6870 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
6871 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
6874 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6877 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
6878 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
6879 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
6880 executable and the shared library. */
6881 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6883 /* We need .stub section. */
6884 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6885 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6886 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6888 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6889 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
6891 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
6892 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
6894 /* Make room for this stub code. */
6895 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
6897 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
6898 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
6902 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6905 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
6906 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
6907 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6911 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6912 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6913 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6914 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
6916 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6917 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
6918 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6919 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6923 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6924 is not a function. */
6929 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
6932 _bfd_mips_vxworks_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6933 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6936 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6937 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6938 unsigned int power_of_two
;
6940 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6941 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6942 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6944 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6945 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6948 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6951 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6953 /* If the symbol is defined by a dynamic object, we need a PLT stub if
6954 either (a) we want to branch to the symbol or (b) we're linking an
6955 executable that needs a canonical function address. In the latter
6956 case, the canonical address will be the address of the executable's
6958 if ((hmips
->is_branch_target
6960 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6961 && hmips
->is_relocation_target
))
6965 && !h
->forced_local
)
6968 /* Locally-binding symbols do not need a PLT stub; we can refer to
6969 the functions directly. */
6970 else if (h
->needs_plt
6971 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6972 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
6973 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)))
6981 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
6982 for the header, and for the header's .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
6983 if (htab
->splt
->size
== 0)
6985 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_header_size
;
6987 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
6990 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
6991 h
->plt
.offset
= htab
->splt
->size
;
6992 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
6994 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
6995 symbol's value to the address of the stub. For executables,
6996 point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy resolution stub;
6997 this stub will become the canonical function address. */
6998 if (!h
->def_regular
)
7000 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
7001 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->plt
.offset
;
7003 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+= 8;
7006 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
7007 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
7008 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7010 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
7012 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7017 /* If a function symbol is defined by a dynamic object, and we do not
7018 need a PLT stub for it, the symbol's value should be zero. */
7019 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
7024 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7028 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
7029 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
7030 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
7031 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
7033 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7034 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
7035 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7036 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7040 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
7041 is not a function. */
7045 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
7046 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
7047 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
7048 object will contain position independent code, so all references
7049 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
7050 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
7051 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
7052 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
7053 same memory location for the variable. */
7055 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7057 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7061 /* We need to figure out the alignment required for this symbol. */
7062 power_of_two
= bfd_log2 (h
->size
);
7063 if (power_of_two
> 4)
7066 /* Apply the required alignment. */
7067 htab
->sdynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (htab
->sdynbss
->size
,
7068 (bfd_size_type
) 1 << power_of_two
);
7069 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sdynbss
)
7070 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sdynbss
, power_of_two
))
7073 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in the section. */
7074 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sdynbss
;
7075 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sdynbss
->size
;
7077 /* Increment the section size to make room for the symbol. */
7078 htab
->sdynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
7083 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
7084 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
7085 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
7086 the current linking stage. */
7088 static bfd_size_type
7089 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7091 bfd_size_type count
;
7094 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
7097 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7099 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7100 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
7101 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
7102 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
7103 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
7109 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
7110 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
7111 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
7114 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7115 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7121 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7123 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
7124 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
7125 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
7127 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
7128 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7130 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7132 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
7133 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
7135 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
7137 if (! (info
->relocatable
7138 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
7139 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
7140 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
7142 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7144 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
7147 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
7151 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
7152 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
7154 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
7156 asection
*subsection
;
7158 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
7160 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
7162 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
7164 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
7165 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
7169 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
7170 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
7171 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
7172 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
7174 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
7177 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
7178 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7180 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
7181 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
7184 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
7185 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
7186 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
7188 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
7189 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
7191 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
7192 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
7193 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
7194 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
7196 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
7197 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
7199 loadable_size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
* (i
+ 1);
7201 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7202 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS_GOT16
7203 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
7204 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
7207 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
7208 sections. Is 5 enough? */
7209 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
7211 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
7212 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7214 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
7215 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7217 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
7218 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
7219 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
7220 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
7221 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
7222 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7223 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
7225 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
7226 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7228 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7230 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
7231 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
7233 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
7235 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
7240 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
7241 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
7242 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
7248 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
7251 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7252 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7255 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
7256 bfd_boolean reltext
;
7257 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7259 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7260 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7261 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
7263 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7265 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
7266 if (info
->executable
)
7268 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
7269 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7271 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
7273 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
7277 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
7278 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
7282 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7286 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
7287 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
7288 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
7290 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
7293 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
7297 const char *outname
;
7300 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
7301 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
7302 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
7303 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
7304 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
7306 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
7308 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
7310 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
7311 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7312 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7315 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
7316 to copy relocs into the output file. */
7317 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
7320 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
7321 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
7322 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
7323 will move them around between input sections'
7324 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
7325 broken, so don't let it run. */
7326 info
->combreloc
= 0;
7329 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0)
7331 /* Executables do not need a GOT. */
7334 /* Allocate relocations for all but the reserved entries. */
7335 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7338 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7339 count
= (g
->global_gotno
7341 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7342 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, count
);
7345 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
7347 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
7348 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
7349 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
7351 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7352 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
7353 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
7354 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
7358 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7359 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
7361 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
7362 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
7363 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
7364 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
7365 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7367 unsigned int save_assign
;
7369 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7371 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
7372 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
7373 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
7374 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
7375 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
7376 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
7377 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
7378 &set_got_offset_arg
);
7379 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
7380 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
7381 <= g
->global_gotno
);
7383 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
7386 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
7387 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
7388 + g
->next
->global_gotno
7389 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
7390 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7396 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
7400 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
,
7402 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7403 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
7406 needed_relocs
+= arg
.needed
;
7410 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
7413 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
7415 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
7416 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
7417 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
7419 else if (! info
->shared
7420 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7421 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
7423 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
7424 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
7427 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
7428 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
7429 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
7430 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0
7431 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
7434 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
7440 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7444 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
7447 /* Allocate memory for this section last, since we may increase its
7449 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7455 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
7456 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
7457 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7459 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7464 /* Allocate memory for the .rel(a).dyn section. */
7465 if (sreldyn
!= NULL
)
7467 sreldyn
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, sreldyn
->size
);
7468 if (sreldyn
->contents
== NULL
)
7470 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7475 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7477 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
7478 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
7479 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
7480 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
7481 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
7484 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
7485 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
7486 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
7488 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7490 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
7496 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
7497 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7499 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
7504 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
7505 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
7507 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
7509 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
7512 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
7513 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
7514 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
7515 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
7516 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
7519 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
7522 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7524 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
7525 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
7526 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7528 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
7531 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
7534 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
7537 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
7539 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
7542 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
7545 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
7551 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7553 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
7556 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
7559 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
7563 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
7566 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
7569 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
7572 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
7575 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
7578 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
7581 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
7584 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
7585 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
7588 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
7589 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
7590 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
7591 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
7599 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
7600 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
7601 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
7602 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
7605 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7606 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7607 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7609 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
7610 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7613 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
, FALSE
))
7615 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7616 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
7617 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
7618 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
7619 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
7621 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
7622 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
7625 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7626 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7628 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
7629 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7631 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7632 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7635 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
7636 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7637 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
7641 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
7644 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7645 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
7646 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7647 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7648 asection
**local_sections
)
7650 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7651 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
7653 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7654 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7656 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7657 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7658 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
7662 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7663 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
7664 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
7666 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
7667 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7670 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
7671 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
7673 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
7674 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
7675 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
7676 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
7677 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
7678 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
7679 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
7681 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
7683 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7687 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
7688 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
7689 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
7690 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
7691 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
7694 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
7696 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7698 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
7699 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
7700 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
7701 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
7702 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
7703 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
7704 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
7705 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7706 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
7707 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
7708 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
7710 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7712 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
7713 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
7715 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7716 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7718 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
7720 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7723 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7725 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
7726 combination of the addend stored in two different
7728 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
7729 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
7730 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
7731 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
7734 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7735 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7736 bfd_byte
*lo16_location
;
7739 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
7740 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7742 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7744 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
7745 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
7746 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
7747 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
7750 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7752 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
7753 relocation must be immediately following.
7754 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
7755 may be a composed relocation consisting of
7756 several relocations for the same address. In
7757 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
7758 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
7759 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
7760 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
7763 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7766 lo16_location
= contents
+ lo16_relocation
->r_offset
;
7768 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7769 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
7771 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7773 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
7774 input_bfd
, contents
);
7775 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7777 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
7778 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7779 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7783 /* Compute the combined addend. */
7787 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
7790 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7791 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
7792 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
7795 if (info
->relocatable
)
7797 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
7798 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7801 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
7803 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
7804 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
7805 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
7806 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
7807 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
7808 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
7809 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
7810 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
7812 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
7814 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
7815 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
7816 source of the addend in the final link. */
7817 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7819 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7820 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7821 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
7822 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
7823 but for endianness. */
7829 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7831 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7838 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7839 do two separate stores. */
7840 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7842 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7844 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7850 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7852 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7853 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7854 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7855 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7859 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
7860 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7865 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
7869 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
7870 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
7871 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
7873 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7874 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
7875 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
7876 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
7878 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7880 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
7881 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
7882 input_section
, info
, rel
,
7883 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
7884 local_sections
, &value
,
7885 &name
, &require_jalx
,
7886 use_saved_addend_p
))
7888 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
7889 /* There's nothing to do. */
7892 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
7893 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
7894 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
7895 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
7896 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
7899 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
7900 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
7901 info
->callbacks
->warning
7902 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7905 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
7906 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7907 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
7908 a given location. */
7912 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7913 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
7914 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
7915 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
7928 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
7929 until we reach the last one. */
7930 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7936 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7937 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7938 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
7939 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
7940 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
7941 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
7942 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
7943 only a 32-bit VMA. */
7949 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7951 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7958 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7959 do two separate stores. */
7960 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7962 /* Undo what we did above. */
7964 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7966 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7972 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7974 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7975 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7976 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7977 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7981 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
7982 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
7983 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7984 contents
, require_jalx
))
7991 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
7992 adjust it appropriately now. */
7995 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7996 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7998 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
7999 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
8000 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
8003 "__dso_displacement",
8005 "__program_header_table",
8009 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
8017 const char* const *p
;
8020 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
8021 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
8024 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
8026 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
8028 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8029 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8031 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
8033 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8035 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8041 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
8042 dynamic sections here. */
8045 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8046 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8047 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8048 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8052 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
8055 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8057 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8058 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8060 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
8063 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
8065 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
8067 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8069 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
8070 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
8071 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8073 BFD_ASSERT ((htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8074 || (h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff));
8076 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
8077 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
8079 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
8082 /* Fill the stub. */
8084 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8086 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8088 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8090 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
8094 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
8097 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
8098 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
8099 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8100 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8101 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
8102 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8104 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
8107 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
8108 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, htab
->function_stub_size
);
8110 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
8111 only for the referenced symbol. */
8112 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8114 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
8115 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
8116 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
8117 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
8121 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
8122 || h
->forced_local
);
8124 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8125 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8126 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8127 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8128 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8130 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
8131 the symbols that need them. */
8132 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8133 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8138 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8139 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
, R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8140 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8143 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
8145 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
8151 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
8153 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
8156 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8159 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
8164 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
8166 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
8167 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
8169 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
8170 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
8171 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
8172 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
8173 appropriate addend. */
8174 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8176 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8177 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
8178 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
8180 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
8181 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
8184 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8185 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
8186 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
8190 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
8191 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8196 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
8197 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
8198 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
8199 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
8200 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8201 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
8202 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
8204 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8205 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8208 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
8210 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8211 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8212 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
8214 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
8216 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
8217 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
8219 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8220 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8222 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8224 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
8226 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8227 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8228 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
8229 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8231 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
8233 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
8234 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8235 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
8236 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8240 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
8241 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
8242 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
8246 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8247 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
8248 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
8250 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
8251 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8252 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8253 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
8254 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
8255 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8257 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8258 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
8260 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
8261 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
8262 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
8263 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
8265 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8269 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8270 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8271 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8276 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
8279 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8280 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8281 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8282 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8286 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8287 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8289 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8290 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8292 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8295 bfd_vma plt_address
, plt_index
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
8296 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8297 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8299 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8300 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
8301 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
8303 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
8304 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
8305 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
8308 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
8309 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
8310 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
8312 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
8313 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
8314 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
8317 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
8318 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8319 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
8321 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
8322 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
8323 branch_offset
= -(h
->plt
.offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
8325 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
8326 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
8327 htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* 4);
8329 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
8330 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
8334 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
8335 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8336 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8340 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
8342 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
8343 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8344 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
8346 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8347 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8348 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
8349 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
8350 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8351 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8352 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
8353 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
8355 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
8356 + (plt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8358 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
8359 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8360 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8361 rel
.r_addend
= h
->plt
.offset
;
8362 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8364 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
8365 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8366 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
8367 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8368 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
8369 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8371 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
8372 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8374 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8375 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8378 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
8379 loc
= htab
->srelplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8380 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8381 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
8383 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8385 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8386 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8389 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
8391 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8392 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8393 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8394 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8395 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8397 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
8398 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8399 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8402 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
8406 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
8407 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
8408 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8409 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8411 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
8412 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8413 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8414 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
8415 + sgot
->output_offset
8417 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8418 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
8419 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
8422 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
8425 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8427 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8429 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8430 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8431 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8432 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
8434 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
8435 htab
->srelbss
->contents
8436 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
8437 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
8438 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
8441 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8442 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8443 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8448 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
8449 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
8452 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8454 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
8456 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
8457 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8458 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8460 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8461 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
8463 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8464 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8465 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8466 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8468 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8469 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
8471 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
8472 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
8474 /* Install the PLT header. */
8475 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
8476 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
8477 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
8478 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
8479 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
8480 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8481 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8483 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8484 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
8485 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
8486 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8488 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8489 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8491 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
8492 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8494 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8495 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8496 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8498 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
8499 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
8500 in which symbols were output. */
8501 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
8503 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8505 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8506 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8507 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8508 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8510 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8511 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8512 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8513 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8515 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8516 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8517 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8518 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8522 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
8525 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8528 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8530 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8532 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
8533 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
8534 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
8535 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
8538 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
8541 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8542 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8547 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
8548 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8550 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8551 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8553 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
8555 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8560 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8561 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8562 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
8563 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
8564 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8567 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8570 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
8572 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8573 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8575 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8576 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8577 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8579 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8583 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8585 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8586 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8588 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8594 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
8598 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8599 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
8603 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
8605 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
8610 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8612 /* _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is defined to be the beginning
8613 of the ".got" section in DYNOBJ. */
8614 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, name
);
8615 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8616 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8620 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8621 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8622 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8626 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
8627 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
8631 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
8634 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
8642 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
8647 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
8652 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
8653 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
8654 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8655 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
8658 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
8659 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
8662 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
8663 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
8664 entry of the first external symbol that is not
8665 referenced within the same object. */
8666 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
8669 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
8670 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
8672 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
8675 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
8676 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
8677 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
8679 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
8681 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8682 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8683 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8685 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
8688 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
8689 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
8692 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
8693 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
8696 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
8697 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
8698 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
8699 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8703 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8704 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
8706 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8710 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8711 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
8715 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8716 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8720 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8721 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
8722 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
8726 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
8728 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8730 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
8736 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
8737 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
8738 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8739 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
8749 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
8750 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
8751 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
8755 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
8760 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
8761 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
8762 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
8765 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
8767 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8769 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
8770 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
8771 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
8772 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
8773 to the lazy resolution stub. */
8774 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
8775 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
8777 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8778 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8779 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8781 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8785 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
8786 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
8787 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
8788 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
8789 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000,
8790 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8795 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
8796 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8798 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
8799 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
8801 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8804 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8805 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
8807 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8809 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
8810 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
8812 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
8813 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8814 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
8815 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8820 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
8822 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
8823 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8824 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8825 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
8826 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
8829 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
8834 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
8835 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
8838 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8841 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8843 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8845 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8846 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8847 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8849 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8852 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8853 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8855 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8861 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
8862 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
8863 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
8864 are trailing null entries. */
8865 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8866 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
8867 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
8868 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
8869 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
8878 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
8885 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
8887 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
8889 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
8890 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
8894 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
8896 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
8897 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
8900 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
8901 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
8904 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
8905 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
8906 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
8909 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
8911 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
8912 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
8913 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
8914 htab
->function_stub_size
);
8919 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
8920 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
8921 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
8922 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
8923 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8925 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8927 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
8929 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
8931 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
8932 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
8933 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
8934 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
8936 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
8937 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
8938 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
8943 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
8946 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
8948 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
8954 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
8957 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
8961 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
8964 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
8965 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
8968 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
8969 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
8972 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
8973 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
8976 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
8977 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
8978 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
8979 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
8980 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
8983 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
8984 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
8987 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
8988 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
8991 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
8992 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
8995 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
8996 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
8999 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
9000 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
9003 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
9004 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
9007 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
9008 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
9011 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
9012 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
9015 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
9016 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
9017 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
9018 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
9019 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
9020 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
9023 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
9024 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
9027 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
9028 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
9031 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
9032 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
9035 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
9036 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
9039 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
9040 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
9043 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
9044 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
9047 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9048 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
9053 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
9054 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
9055 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
9058 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
9059 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9062 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
9066 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
9067 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
9068 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
9069 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
9070 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
9072 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
9073 info for each special section. */
9074 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
9075 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
9078 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
9081 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
9082 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
9084 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9087 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
9088 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9089 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9090 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9091 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
9092 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
9093 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9094 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9097 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
9098 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9099 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9100 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9101 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
9102 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
9103 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9104 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
9105 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9106 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9109 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
9110 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
9112 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9113 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
9115 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9118 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
9119 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9120 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9121 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9122 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
9123 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9124 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
9127 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
9128 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
9129 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9131 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
9133 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9134 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9141 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
9145 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
9146 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9151 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
9152 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9153 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
9156 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
9157 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
9158 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9159 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
9162 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
9163 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
9164 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
9165 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
9171 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
9174 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
9175 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9178 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
9181 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
9183 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9184 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9186 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9187 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
9192 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9196 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
9200 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
9201 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9203 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9204 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9212 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
9213 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
9214 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
9217 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
9218 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
9219 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
9221 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
9223 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
9224 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
9229 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
9231 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9233 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9234 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9237 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
9239 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
9240 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9241 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
9242 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
9243 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
9244 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
9245 options_segment
->count
= 1;
9246 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
9247 *pm
= options_segment
;
9253 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
9255 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
9256 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
9257 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
9258 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
9259 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
9261 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9262 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
9267 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9271 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
9273 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9278 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9286 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
9287 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9288 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
9298 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
9299 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
9301 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
9303 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
9306 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
9308 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
9309 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
9310 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
9311 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
9312 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
9314 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
9315 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9319 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
9321 static const char *sec_names
[] =
9323 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
9327 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
9331 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
9333 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
9334 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9341 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
9347 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9348 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9350 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9353 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
9354 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9361 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9363 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9365 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9379 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
9383 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
9384 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9385 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
9386 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9387 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9389 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
9393 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
9395 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
9396 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
9400 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9402 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9403 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9404 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9406 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9407 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9415 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
9420 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
9423 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9424 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9425 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9426 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9429 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9430 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9431 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
9432 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9433 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9434 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9436 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9437 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
9438 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
9440 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
9441 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9442 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
9446 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
9447 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
9448 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
9449 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
9450 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
9451 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
9452 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
9453 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
9454 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
9455 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
9466 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
9467 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
9468 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
9469 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
9472 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9473 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
9474 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
9476 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
9478 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
9480 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9483 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
9484 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
9485 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
9486 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9487 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
9488 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9489 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
9491 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
9492 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
9496 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9497 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
9498 bfd_boolean force_local
)
9502 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9503 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9505 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
9506 if (h
->forced_local
)
9508 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
9510 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9511 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
&& h
->root
.type
!= STT_TLS
9512 && (got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, TRUE
)) != NULL
9513 && (g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
) != NULL
)
9517 struct mips_got_entry e
;
9518 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
9520 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
9521 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
9522 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
9523 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
9524 the upper limit of global entries. */
9530 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
9531 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
9533 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9538 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
9539 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
9540 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
9541 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
9542 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
9544 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
9545 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
9548 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
9549 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
9550 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
9553 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
9555 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
9556 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
9558 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9564 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
9570 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
9571 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9574 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9575 unsigned char *tdata
;
9578 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
9583 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
9585 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
9586 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
9589 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
9593 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
9601 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
9602 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
9604 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
9606 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
9615 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
9616 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
9622 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
9623 free (cookie
->rels
);
9629 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9631 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
9637 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, asection
*sec
,
9640 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
9643 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
9646 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
9650 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
9651 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
9653 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
9655 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
9658 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
9661 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
9662 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
9666 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
9667 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
9669 struct mips_elf_find_line
9671 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
9672 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
9676 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
9677 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
9678 const char **filename_ptr
,
9679 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9680 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9684 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9685 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9689 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9690 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9691 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
9692 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9695 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
9699 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
9700 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
9701 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
9703 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
9704 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
9705 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
9706 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
9707 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
9708 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9710 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
9713 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
9716 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
9717 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
9719 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9722 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9726 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
9728 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9732 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
9733 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
9734 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
9735 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
9737 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9740 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
9741 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
9742 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
9743 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
9744 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
9745 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
9746 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
9748 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
9750 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
9751 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
9752 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
9753 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
9754 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
9755 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
9758 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
9759 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9762 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9766 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9769 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
9771 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9772 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9777 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9778 const char **filename_ptr
,
9779 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9780 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9783 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9784 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9785 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9790 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
9791 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
9792 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
9795 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
9796 const void *location
,
9797 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
9799 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
9803 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9805 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
9806 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9807 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9810 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
9813 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
9816 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
9819 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9822 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
9826 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
9827 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
9830 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
9832 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
9833 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
9835 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
9838 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
9839 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
9840 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9843 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
9844 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
9850 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
9851 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
9854 /* read in the section */
9855 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
9856 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
9859 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
9863 if (reloc_count
< 0)
9866 if (reloc_count
> 0)
9871 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
9874 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
9875 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
9876 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
9877 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
9878 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
9882 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
9883 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9890 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9891 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9892 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9895 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9896 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9898 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
9900 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9901 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9903 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
9905 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9914 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
9916 char *error_message
= NULL
;
9917 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
9919 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
9920 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
9921 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
9923 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
9924 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
9925 to the generic handling. */
9927 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
9928 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
9929 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
9930 input_section
, relocatable
,
9933 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
9935 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
9940 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
9942 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
9943 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
9947 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9951 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
9952 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9953 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
9954 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
9957 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
9958 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
9959 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
9960 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9961 (*parent
)->address
)))
9964 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
9965 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
9967 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
9968 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
9969 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
9972 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
9981 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
9982 free (reloc_vector
);
9986 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
9987 free (reloc_vector
);
9991 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
9993 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
9994 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
9996 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
9997 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
9999 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10003 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
10004 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
10005 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
)))
10012 /* We no longer use this. */
10013 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
10014 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
10016 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
10017 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
10018 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
10019 ret
->rld_value
= 0;
10020 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
10021 ret
->is_vxworks
= FALSE
;
10022 ret
->srelbss
= NULL
;
10023 ret
->sdynbss
= NULL
;
10024 ret
->srelplt
= NULL
;
10025 ret
->srelplt2
= NULL
;
10026 ret
->sgotplt
= NULL
;
10028 ret
->plt_header_size
= 0;
10029 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 0;
10030 ret
->function_stub_size
= 0;
10032 return &ret
->root
.root
;
10035 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
10037 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10038 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10040 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10042 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10045 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10047 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
10048 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10053 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
10054 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
10055 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
10058 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10061 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10062 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
10063 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
10064 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
10065 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
10066 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10067 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
10068 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
10069 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
10074 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10076 static const char * const secname
[] =
10078 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
10079 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
10081 static const int sc
[] =
10083 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
10084 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
10087 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
10088 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
10089 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
10091 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10092 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10096 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10097 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount
;
10099 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
10100 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
10101 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
10102 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
10103 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
10106 dynsecsymcount
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
);
10107 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, dynsecsymcount
+ 1))
10110 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
10111 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10112 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
10113 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
10115 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
10116 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
10117 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
10118 <= g
->global_gotno
);
10121 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
10122 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
10124 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10126 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10127 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10128 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
10129 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10130 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
10131 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
10132 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
10133 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
10134 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
10135 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10136 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10137 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10139 else if (info
->relocatable
)
10141 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
10143 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
10144 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10146 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
10149 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
10150 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
10154 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
10155 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
10156 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
10160 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
10162 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
10164 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
10165 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
10166 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10168 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
10170 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
10172 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
10173 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10174 the information together. */
10175 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10177 asection
*input_section
;
10179 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10182 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10184 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10189 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10190 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10192 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10193 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10196 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
10198 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
10199 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
10200 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
10201 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
10202 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
10204 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
10205 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
10206 finally written out. */
10208 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10209 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10210 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10213 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
10214 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
10216 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10217 matters, but someday it might). */
10218 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10223 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
10225 struct extsym_info einfo
;
10228 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
10229 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10230 the information together. */
10231 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
10232 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
10233 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
10234 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
10235 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
10236 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
10237 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
10238 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
10239 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
10240 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
10241 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
10242 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
10243 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
10245 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
10247 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
10248 debug_info structure. */
10250 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
10251 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
10252 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
10253 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
10254 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
10256 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
10257 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
10258 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
10259 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
10261 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10262 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
10266 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
10270 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
10271 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
10272 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
10273 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
10275 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
10277 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
10278 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
10281 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
10282 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
10285 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
10286 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
10287 secname
[i
], &esym
))
10291 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10293 asection
*input_section
;
10295 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
10296 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
10300 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10302 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10307 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10308 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10310 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10311 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10312 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
10314 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
10315 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
10316 want to deal with it. */
10320 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10321 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
10323 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
10325 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
10326 read in the debugging information and set up an
10327 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
10328 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10332 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
10333 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
10334 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
10337 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
10338 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
10339 the linker global hash table and save the information
10340 for the output external symbols. */
10341 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
10342 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
10343 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
10344 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
10346 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
10347 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
10351 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10353 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
10354 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
10355 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
10356 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
10359 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
10360 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10361 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10362 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
10367 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
10368 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
10369 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
10375 /* Free up the information we just read. */
10376 free (input_debug
.line
);
10377 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
10378 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
10379 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
10380 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
10381 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
10382 free (input_debug
.ss
);
10383 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
10384 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
10385 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
10386 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
10388 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10389 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10390 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10393 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
10395 /* Create .rtproc section. */
10396 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10397 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
10399 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
10400 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
10402 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
10405 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
10406 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
10410 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
10416 /* Build the external symbol information. */
10419 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
10421 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
10422 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10423 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
10427 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
10428 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
10430 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10431 matters, but someday it might). */
10432 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10437 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
10439 const char *subname
;
10442 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
10445 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
10446 information describing how the small data area would
10447 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
10448 not used in executables files. */
10449 if (! info
->relocatable
)
10451 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10453 asection
*input_section
;
10455 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10457 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10462 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10464 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10465 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10466 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10469 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
10470 currently matters, but someday it might). */
10471 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10473 /* Really remove the section. */
10474 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
10475 --abfd
->section_count
;
10480 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
10481 uninitialized data. */
10482 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
10483 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
10484 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
10488 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10489 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
10490 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
10491 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
10495 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
10496 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
10497 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
10498 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
10499 case we must change the name of the output section. */
10500 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10501 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
10503 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
10504 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
10506 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
10507 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10508 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
10511 /* Set up the first entry. */
10513 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10514 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10517 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
10518 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
10520 /* Combine the input sections. */
10521 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10523 asection
*input_section
;
10525 bfd_size_type size
;
10526 unsigned long last
;
10527 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
10529 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10531 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10536 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10537 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10539 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
10540 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
10541 sorted by ascending -G value. */
10542 size
= input_section
->size
;
10544 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10546 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
10548 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
10549 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
10555 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
10556 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
10557 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
10563 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
10565 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
10566 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
10569 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10571 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
10572 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
10574 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
10580 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
10583 /* We need a new table entry. */
10584 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10585 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
10586 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
10592 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
10593 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
10595 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
10596 value, since that will be implied by this new
10599 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10601 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
10603 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
10604 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
10608 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
10609 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10614 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10617 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10618 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10619 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10622 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
10624 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
10626 /* Swap out the table. */
10627 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10628 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
10629 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
10635 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
10636 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
10639 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10640 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
10642 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10643 matters, but someday it might). */
10644 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10648 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
10649 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
10652 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
10654 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
10656 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10658 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
10659 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10663 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
10665 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10666 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
10668 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
10671 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10674 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
10676 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
10677 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
10678 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
10682 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
10684 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
10685 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
10686 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
10690 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
10692 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10693 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
10695 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
10696 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
10697 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
10705 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
10707 struct mips_mach_extension
{
10708 unsigned long extension
, base
;
10712 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
10713 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
10715 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
10716 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
10717 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10718 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10720 /* MIPS V extensions. */
10721 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
10723 /* R10000 extensions. */
10724 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
10726 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
10727 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
10728 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
10729 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
10730 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
10731 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
10732 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
10734 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
10735 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10736 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10737 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10738 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10739 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10741 /* VR4100 extensions. */
10742 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10743 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10745 /* MIPS III extensions. */
10746 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10747 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10748 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10749 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10750 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10751 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10752 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10754 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
10755 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
10757 /* MIPS II extensions. */
10758 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10759 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10761 /* MIPS I extensions. */
10762 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
10763 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
10767 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
10770 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
10774 if (extension
== base
)
10777 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
10778 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
10781 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
10782 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
10785 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
10786 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
10788 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
10789 if (extension
== base
)
10797 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
10800 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
10802 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
10803 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
10804 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
10805 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
10806 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
10807 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
10808 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
10812 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
10813 object file when linking. */
10816 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
10818 flagword old_flags
;
10819 flagword new_flags
;
10821 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
10824 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
10825 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
10827 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10828 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
10833 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10834 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10837 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
10839 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10840 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
10845 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
10846 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10847 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
10849 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
10851 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
10852 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
10853 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10854 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
10856 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
10857 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
10859 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
10860 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
10867 /* Check flag compatibility. */
10869 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10870 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10872 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
10873 doesn't seem to matter. */
10874 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
10875 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
10877 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
10878 just be able to ignore this. */
10879 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
10880 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
10882 /* Don't care about the PIC flags from dynamic objects; they are
10884 if ((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0
10885 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10886 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
10888 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
10891 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
10892 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
10893 actually cause any incompatibility. */
10894 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
10896 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
10897 which are automatically generated by gas. */
10898 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
10899 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
10901 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
10902 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
10903 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
10905 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
10909 if (null_input_bfd
)
10914 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
10915 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
10917 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10918 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
10923 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
10924 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
10925 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
10926 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
10928 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
10929 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
10931 /* Compare the ISAs. */
10932 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
10934 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10935 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
10939 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
10941 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
10942 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
10944 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
10945 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
10946 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
10947 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
10948 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
10949 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
10950 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
10952 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
10953 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
10954 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
10955 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
10956 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
10957 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
10961 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
10962 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10963 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
10965 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
10966 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
10971 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
10972 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
10974 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
10975 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
10976 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
10977 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10978 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
10980 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
10981 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
10982 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10983 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
10985 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10986 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
10988 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
10989 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
10992 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
10993 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
10996 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
10997 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
10999 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11001 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11002 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11005 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
11006 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
11008 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11009 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
11010 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
11011 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
11017 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11024 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
11027 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
11029 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
11030 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
11032 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
11033 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
11038 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
11042 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
11044 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
11045 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
11047 /* xgettext:c-format */
11048 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
11050 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
11051 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
11052 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
11053 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
11054 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
11055 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
11056 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
11057 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
11058 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
11059 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
11060 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
11061 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
11062 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
11063 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
11065 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
11067 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
11068 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
11069 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
11070 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
11071 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
11072 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
11073 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
11074 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
11075 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
11076 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
11077 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
11078 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
11079 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
11080 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
11081 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
11082 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
11083 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
11084 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64r2]"));
11086 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
11088 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
11089 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
11091 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
11092 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
11094 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
11095 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
11097 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
11099 fputc ('\n', file
);
11104 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
11106 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11107 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11108 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
11109 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11110 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11111 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
11112 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
11115 /* Ensure that the STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other,
11116 even if this is not a defintion of the symbol. */
11118 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11119 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
11120 bfd_boolean definition
,
11121 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11124 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
11125 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
11128 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
11129 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
11131 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
11133 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
11137 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11139 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
11140 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
11141 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);